六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)之欧阳语创编
(完整版)六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解),推荐文档
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. You( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is 7 . He’s five. 8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang.I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. home建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！Unit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind ( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’t建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！Unit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher.I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some ( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind ( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers .A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman ( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two.6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！我去人也就有人！为UR扼腕入站内信不存在向你偶同意调剖沙龙课反倒是龙卷风前一天( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China ( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No.8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s ( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher ( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.我去人也就有人！为UR扼腕入站内信不存在向你偶同意调剖沙龙课反倒是龙卷风前一天B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese.D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the ( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English ( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games ( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and MaryD. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle ( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am2 Class 4. My English teacher is3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang.4 are good teachers. I like them. I5 a good friend. His name6 Jack. He is7 American boy. He is8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher. 8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look 7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s ( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1. Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. theB. aC. anD. /( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under ( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×我去人也就有人！为UR扼腕入站内信不存在向你偶同意调剖沙龙课反倒是龙卷风前一天( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good ( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have ( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after ( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents ( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim 8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.我去人也就有人！为UR扼腕入站内信不存在向你偶同意调剖沙龙课反倒是龙卷风前一天( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as ( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the我去人也就有人！为UR扼腕入站内信不存在向你偶同意调剖沙龙课反倒是龙卷风前一天wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachers建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！Passage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four.And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree. A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the 6 desk, there is a football, 7 you can’t see it. The boy in the hat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is 8 American. He looks 9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( )1.A. in B. on C. at D. to( )2.A. map B. picture C. room D. door( )3.A. or B. but C. there D. and( )4.A. behind B. in C. at D. of( )5.A. yours B. my C. me D. mine( )6.A. teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( )7.A. so B. or C. and D. but( )8.A. a B. an C. the D. that( )9.A. after B. at C. the same D. like( )10.A. students B. boys C. twins D. girlsUnit 11Passage 1This 1 my room. It is a 2 nice room. The windows 3 big and the walls 4 white. Near the windows there is a red desk. It is for me. 5 the desk there are some books and 6 pencil- box. 7 the back wall there are some pictures and 8 map of China. There is 9 bed. It is near the door. There is a chair behind the bed. There is a box and a pair of new shoes 10 the bed.( )1.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )2.A. much B. very C. too D. now( )3.A. is B. are C. am D. X( )4.A. are B. is C. be D. X ( )5.A. on B. On C. in D. under ( )6.A. a B. two C. some D. much ( )7.A. in B. In C. On D. at ( )8.A. X B. an C. a D. some( )9.A. an B. a C. not D. the( )10.A. in B. at C. under D. fromPassage 21 Miss Gao’s class there are2 students. There are twenty-four boys, and twenty-two girls.3 of the boys is4 . His name is Jim. All5 boys are Chinese . All of the Chinese students are Young Pioneers. In the class there are two6 girls. They are7 .8 names are Lily and Lucy. The other girls are Chinese. We are9 friends. There’s 10 difference, American-English-Chinese.( )1.A. In B. At C. On D. About( )2.A. forty six B. forty and six C. fourteen six D. forty-six( )3.A. A B. An C. One D. Ones( )4.A. England B. English C. Englishes D. Englandman( )5.A. other B. others C. the other D. the others建议收藏下载本文，以便随时学习！。
(完整版)六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)(可编辑修改word版)
Test Passage 1Passage 2Mike and Lucy 1 brother and sister. They live 2 a big house. The house stands at the foot 3 a hill. Near the hill is a big lake.There 4 four people in their family. Mike, Lucy, their father and mother. Their father is a farmer. 5 mother is 6 home. Mike goes to school, 7 little Lucy does not. She is only five.Mike likes sports. He swims and skates 8 . But he likes football best.After school he often plays football 9 his friends.Lucy likes 10 , but he doesn’t like sports.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be sells( )3.A. day B. time C. autumn D. weekdays ( )4.A. does B. make C. borrows D. has( )5.A. watches B. washes C. driving D.( )6.A. Monday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Tuesday ( )7.A. big B. small C. hard D. short( )8.A. little B. much C. fast D. far( )9.A. clothes B. places C. food D. balls( )10.A. clean B. late C. hungry D. friendlyPassage 4Mr Smith 1 from London. Now he is in China. He is 2 .He teaches( )2.A. at B. in C. on D. to( )3.A. for B. on C. at D. of( )4.A. have B. has C. is D. are( )5.A. His B. his C. their D. Their( )6.A. by B. at C. on D. in( )7.A. so B. but C. or D. and( )8.A. fine B. good C. nice D. well( )9.A. to B. of C. with D. at( )10.A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. singsPassage 3What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, butothers like to go 2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in afactory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. OnSaturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car.His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always 8to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jackand his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’saunt gives them a big meal.( )1.A. play B. stay C. live D. enjoy( )2.A. to B. in C. at D. f or3 a middle school. He works very hard. His students like4 very much. He can5 a little Chinese . His students often teaches him Chinese6 Sundays. Mr Smith likes playing football . He often plays football7 his students.Mr Smith 8 a son. His name is Jack. He is student. He studies in a middle school. He goes to school 9 bike everyday. He gets back home at four in the afternoon. He likes 10 TV in the evening.( )1.A. come B. comes C. are D.coming ( )2.A. a teacher B. a worker C.a driver D. a farmer ( )3.A. on B. in C.at D. from( )4.A. he B. him C. she D.her ( )5.A. say B. speak C. talk D.tell( )6.A. at B. on C. of D. in ( )7.A. for B. to C. with D. at( )8.A. has B. have C. there is D. thereare ( )9.A. on B. by C. in D. of( )10.A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. looking atPassage 5Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name 5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He 6 young. He is 7 Chineseteacher, but he 8 English. 9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 . I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s name is Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a very good worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. me D. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is three C. are two D. is two ( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother( )5.A. is ( )6.A. look ( )7.A. the B. hasB. isB. anC. areC. looksC. 不填D. haveD. likesD. a( )8.A. know B. knows C. is knowing D. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. His C. My D. He’s ( )10.A. too B. to C. two D. OK( )11.A. student B. worker C. teacher D. boy ( )12.A. for B. and C. but D. or ( )13.A. work B. lives C. study D. teach ( )14.A. near B. to C. on D. in ( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikesTest答案与提示：Passage 11.B 句型teach sb sth 意为“教某人……”2.A 此空填is 补全现在进行时结构：主语+be+动词ing 的形式。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in4 .I am5 Row Five. Jim is6 English boy. He is eleven. and I7 in the same class. He is my friend . We8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao.10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. Y ou( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. Y ou( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. Y ouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One.8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. W e all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Y our C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Y our C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. Y ou can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school studen t . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school ( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. Y ou can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s ( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Y our( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom ( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now ( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two ( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you ( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Y an. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese ( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Y ang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is whi te.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Y anhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk ( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Y es, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Y es.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Y es, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my ( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am ( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine ( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New Y ork. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America ( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American ( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher.8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I d on’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American ( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King ( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister ( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near ( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn ( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for ( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl ( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . Theyare Y oung Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Y oung 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. W e go 3 school five days a week. W e stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 Americ an. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At sch ool I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
Unit 1Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D.or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. inD. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are ( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be ( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. You ( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5twins. They 6 the same. Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 . ( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We ( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their ( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who ( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That ( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are2 .Lucy King is3 English girl . We’re in the same4 . She is eleven.5 are twelve. We’re good friends and6 . Our Chinese7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. ClassD. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We ( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachersD. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother teacher. Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is 7 . He’s five. 8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home ( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are ( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at ( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher woman.7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. isD. are( )2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. isD. are( )4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. TheyD. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. areD. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. SheD. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. theirD. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 . Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. toD. on( )2.A.a B. an C. theD./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D.there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. underD. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. inD. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a ( )9.A.at B. after C. likeD. the same( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twinsD. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schoolsD. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classesD. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. roomsD. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. TheyD. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. afterD. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. studentD. studentsPassage 4I picture . It’s a picture school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The schoolis a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. ofD. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. underD. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. toD. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. AreD. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. orD. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am notD. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My Englishteacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I pen, a ruler and two my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. doD. not( )2.A. are B. am C. isD.×( )3.A. a B. an C. thisD. very( )4.A. am B. think C. knowD. have( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk( )6.A. too B. or C. muchD. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C.Liu ’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. underD. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. forD. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothersD. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. TheD. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. areD. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. inD. on( )9.A. of B. too C. hereD. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’sD. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . Agirl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister .8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same10 .But they 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. areD. be( )2. A. at B. of C. inD. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sisterD. brother ( )4. A. boy B. girl C. manD. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D.her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. atD. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. classD. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. areD. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. AmericanD. China( )2.A. am B. are C. haveD. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. ItD. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father.10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D./( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look likeD. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. AtD. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. familyD. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C. It’sD. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. FineD. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. ThanksD. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and( )5.A. too B. to C. twoD. now( )6.A. He B. he C. ThisD. this( )7.A. too B. × C. toD. two( )8.A. too B. to C. twoD. please( )9.A. too B. to C. comeD. you( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. likeD. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’sD. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. ID. We( )4.A. / B. on C. inD. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One ,Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’sD. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. studentD. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. yourD. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. oldD. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. HeD. She( )3.A. are B. am C. isD. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. NiceD. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. inD. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. goodD. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. underD. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning( )4.A. on B. in C. atD. about( )5.A. are B. have C. lookD. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. weD. us( )7.A. a map of China B. map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in theD. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. EnglishD. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colo ur are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. overD. under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boysD. boy( )3.A. is B. are C. doD. does( )4.A. think B. know C. lookD. have( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some playbasketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. schoolD. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. wantD. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. ThemD. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planesD. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kitesD. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’tD. can( )10.A. is B. are C. haveD. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. noD. the( )2.A. We B. They C. HeD. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothesD. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’sD. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. atD. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his oneD. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. heD. my( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am( )3.A. × B. old C. niceD. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C. toD.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. ThreeD. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from . His name is Jack.2 thirteen. He is in No.23 School. He is in4 Four, Grade One. is an5 girl. She is6 . She and Jack are in the7 school , but they are in8 classes. Mr Hu is9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. EnglishD.( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’sD. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. MiddleD. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. JapanD. American( )6.A. come B. from C. toD. in( )7.A. different B. same C. goodD. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. theyD. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D.Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. inD. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. WeD. His( )5.A. am B. see C. thinkD. have( )6.A. are B. am C. isD. does( )7.A. an B. the C. aD. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteenD. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class oneD. Grade two( )10.A. like B. likes C. to likeD. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in . She is 4 NO.9 Middle School.6 4. Mr Hu is7 teacher.8 is a good9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D.Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’sD. He( )4.A. for B. to C. atD. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. SheD. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. rowD. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japanD. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. JapanD. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look 7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. areD. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade oneD. Grade One( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. ChineseD. American( )4.A. a B. an C. theD.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’sD. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. inD. of( )7.A. here B. there C. atD. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fineD. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. doD. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twe lve. I’m a student middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1. Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. aC. anD. /( )2.A. to B. of C. behindD. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. heD. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. LetD. It( )6.A. five B. two C. threeD. four( )7.A. be B. is C. areD. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’D. Its ( )9.A. on B. in C. toD. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. AD. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classesD. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mineD. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. toD. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade C. Grade OneD. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. goodD. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. bothD. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the sameD. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. dutyD. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. likeD. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. toD. near( )2.A. are B. is C. amD. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leaveD. turn( )4.A. put B. carry C. bringD. take( )5.A. when B. you C. timeD. for( )6.A. see B. play C. doD. have( )7.A. at B. for C. upD. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D.It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. JapaneseD. School( )3.A. in B. at C. /D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. ThatD. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’sD. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to doctor. So I phone them to 7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt 8 me a new hat. Its 9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. ThatD. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. childrenD. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friendsD. classmates( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacherD. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. schoolD. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. seeD. look( )7.A. go B. come C. lookD. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carryD. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colour C. likeD. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am likeD. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. theD.×( )2.A. On B. In C. NearD. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wearsD. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. afterD. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. toD. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D.have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. atD. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C.forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. SamD. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. PioneerD. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. onesD. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to doD. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. skyD. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flyingD. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. wellD. high( )6.A. them B. it C. thisD. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. letD. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carryD. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kitesD. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be ( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall.7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9. Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade OneD. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. lookD. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. atD. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. putsD. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. ofD. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrongD. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thankD. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window ( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind ( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C.likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 .9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. studentsD. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. ofD. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. fatherD. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothersD. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks.。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua.I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. You( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students ( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is 7 . He’s five. 8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D.be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friendD. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. toD. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D.behind( )6.A. of B. on C. inD. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new ( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their ( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look5 these two boys.6 they good friends7 brothers?8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I9 10 . ( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have ( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and ( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At ( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind ( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like ( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be ( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and ( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which ( )9.A. isn ’t B. don ’t C. am not D. aren ’t Unit 3 Passage 1 My name is Li Hua . I ’m thirteen. I ’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 . Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book. ( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.× ( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D.desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D.very ( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping ’s D. Liu Pings ’ Passage 2 This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It ’s near the window. My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door isin the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ? ( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some ( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there ( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They areall 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D.on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman ( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re ( )7. A. in B. on C. at D.of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D.aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some ( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their ( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their ( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China ( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they ( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D.I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. AtD. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she ( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh ( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks ( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. twoD. now( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. toD. two( )8.A. too B. to C. twoD. please( )9.A. too B. to C. comeD. you( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D.a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s ( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice ( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning( )4.A. on B. in C. atD. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like ( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us ( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.”Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. overD. under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have ( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put ( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Maryis five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the ( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She ( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under ( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. atD. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D.a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C. toD.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D.middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School.I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D.of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have ( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher. 8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. atD. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look 7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.”But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D.be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s ( )6.A. on B. at C. inD. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book ( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1. Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D./( )2.A. to B. of C. behindD. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four ( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. toD. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D.school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 .I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. theD. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D.for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sistersD. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good ( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D.to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D.forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 !I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. toD. near( )2.A. are B. is C. amD. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D.School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here ( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat ( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time ( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look ( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take ( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face ( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim 8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has ( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s ( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same ( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old ( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both ( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue.I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have ( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall ( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flyingD. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly ( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask ( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with ( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the ( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under ( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D.for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D.to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree.A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the6 desk, there is a football,7 you can’t see it. The boy in the hat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is8 American. He looks9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( )1.A. in B. on C. at D.to( )2.A. map B. picture C. room D. door ( )3.A. or B. but C. there D. and( )4.A. behind B. in C. at D. of( )5.A. yours B. my C. me D. mine( )6.A. teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( )7.A. so B. or C. and D. but( )8.A. a B. an C. the D. that( )9.A. after B. at C. the same D. like ( )10.A. students B. boys C. twins D. girlsUnit 11Passage 1This 1 my room. It is a 2 nice room. The windows 3 big and the walls 4 white. Near the windows there is a red desk. It is for me. 5 the desk there are some books and 6 pencil- box. 7 the back wall there are some pictures and 8 map of China. There is 9 bed. It is near the door. There is a chair behind the bed. There is a box and a pair of new shoes 10 the bed.( )1.A. are B. am C. isD. be( )2.A. much B. very C. too D. now( )3.A. is B. are C. am D.X( )4.A. are B. is C. beD. X。
(完整版)六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
TestPassage 1Passage 2Mike and Lucy 1 brother and sister. They live 2 a big house. The house stands at the foot 3 a hill. Near the hill is a big lake.There 4 four people in their family. Mike, Lucy, their father and mother. Their father is a farmer. 5 mother is 6 home. Mike goes to school, 7 little Lucy does not. She is only five.Mike likes sports. He swims and skates 8 . But he likes football best. After school he often plays football 9 his friends.Lucy likes 10 , but he doesn’t like sports.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. at B. in C. on D. to( )3.A. for B. on C. at D. of( )4.A. have B. has C. is D. are( )5.A. His B. his C. their D. Their( )6.A. by B. at C. on D. in( )7.A. so B. but C. or D. and( )8.A. fine B. good C. nice D. well( )9.A. to B. of C. with D. at( )10.A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. singsPassage 3What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, but others like to go 2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in a factory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. On Saturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always8 to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jack and his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’s aunt gives them a big meal.( )1.A. play B. stay C. live D. enjoy( )2.A. to B. in C. at D. for( )3.A. day B. time C. autumn D. weekdays( )4.A. does B. make C. borrows D. has( )5.A. watches B. washes C. driving D. sells( )6.A. Monday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Tuesday( )7.A. big B. small C. hard D. short( )8.A. little B. much C. fast D. far( )9.A. clothes B. places C. food D. balls( )10.A. clean B. late C. hungry D. friendlyPassage 4Mr Smith 1 from London. Now he is in China. He is 2 .He teaches 3 a middle school. He works very hard. His students like 4 very much. He can 5 a little Chinese . His students often teaches him Chinese 6 Sundays. Mr Smith likes playing football . He often plays football 7 his students.Mr Smith 8 a son. His name is Jack. He is student. He studies in a middle school. He goes to school 9 bike everyday. He gets back home at four in the afternoon. He likes 10 TV in the evening.( )1.A. come B. comes C. are D. coming( )2.A. a teacher B. a worker C. a driver D. a farmer( )3.A. on B. in C. at D. from( )4.A. he B. him C. she D. her( )5.A. say B. speak C. talk D. tell( )6.A. at B. on C. of D. in( )7.A. for B. to C. with D. at( )8.A. has B. have C. there is D. there are( )9.A. on B. by C. in D. of( )10.A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. looking atPassage 5Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name 5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He 6 young. He is 7 Chinese teacher, but he 8 English. 9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 .I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s name is Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a verygood worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is 14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. me D. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is three C. are two D. is two( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother( )5.A. is B. has C. are D. have( )6.A. look B. is C. looks D. likes ( )7.A. the B. an C. 不填 D. a( )8.A. know B. knows C. is knowing D. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. His C. My D. He’s ( )10.A. too B. to C. two D. OK( )11.A. student B. worker C. teacher D. boy( )12.A. for B. and C. but D. or ( )13.A. work B. lives C. study D. teach ( )14.A. near B. to C. on D. in ( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikesTest答案与提示：Passage 11. B 句型teach sb sth意为“教某人……”2. A 此空填is补全现在进行时结构：主语+be+动词ing的形式。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
部编六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)TestPassage 1Passage 2Mike and Lucy 1 brother and sister. They live 2 a big house. The house stands at the foot 3 a hill. Near the hill is a big lake.There 4 four people in their family. Mike, Lucy, their father and mother. Their father is a farmer.5 mother is6 home. Mike goes to school,7 little Lucy does not. She is only five.Mike likes sports. He swims and skates 8 . But he likes football best. After school he often plays football 9 his friends.Lucy likes 10 , but he doesn’t like sports.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. at B. in C. on D. to( )3.A. for B. on C. at D. of( )4.A. have B. has C. is D. are( )5.A. His B. his C. their D. Their( )6.A. by B. at C. on D. in( )7.A. so B. but C. or D. and( )8.A. fine B. good C. nice D. well( )9.A. to B. of C. with D. at( )10.A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. singsPassage 3What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, but others like to go 2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in a factory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. On Saturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always 8 to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jack and his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’s aunt gives them a big meal.( )1.A. play B. stay C. live D. enjoy( )2.A. to B. in C. at D. for( )3.A. day B. time C. autumn D. weekdays( )4.A. does B. make C. borrows D. has( )5.A. watches B. washes C. driving D. sells( )6.A. Monday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Tuesday( )7.A. big B. small C. hard D. short( )8.A. little B. much C. fast D. far( )9.A. clothes B. places C. food D. balls( )10.A. clean B. late C. hungry D. friendlyPassage 4Mr Smith 1 from London. Now he is in China. He is 2 .He teaches 3 a middle school. Heworks very hard. His students like 4 very much. He can 5 a little Chinese . His students often teaches him Chinese 6 Sundays. Mr Smith likes playing football . He often plays football 7 his students.Mr Smith 8 a son. His name is Jack. He is student. He studies in a middle school. He goes to school 9 bike everyday. He gets back home at four in the afternoon. He likes 10 TV in the evening.( )1.A. come B. comes C. are D. coming ( )2.A. a teacher B. a worker C. a driver D. a farmer( )3.A. on B. in C. at D. from( )4.A. he B. him C. she D. her( )5.A. say B. speak C. talk D. tell( )6.A. at B. on C. ofD. in( )7.A. for B. to C. with D.at( )8.A. has B. have C. there is D. there are ( )9.A. on B. by C. in D.of( )10.A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. looking atPassage 5Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name 5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He 6 young. He is 7 Chinese teacher, but he 8 English. 9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 . I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s name is Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a very good worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is 14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. me D. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is three C. are two D. is two( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother( )5.A. is B. has C. are D. have( )6.A. look B. is C. looks D. likes( )7.A. the B. an C. 不填 D. a ( )8.A. know B. knows C. is knowing D. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. His C. My D. He’s( )10.A. too B. to C. two D. OK( )11.A. student B. worker C. teacher D. boy( )12.A. for B. and C. but D. or( )13.A. work B. lives C. study D. teach ( )14.A. near B. to C. on D. in( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikesTest答案与提示：Passage 11. B 句型teach sb sth意为“教某人……”2. A 此空填is补全现在进行时结构：主语+be+动词ing的形式。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案及讲解)
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in4 .I am5 Row Five. Jim is6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I7 in the same class. He is my friend . W e8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. Y ou( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. Y ou( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. Y ouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One.8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English gir l . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. W e all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. S he’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Y our C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Y our C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . I t’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. Y ou can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school stu dent . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school ( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. Y ou can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s ( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Y our( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom ( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now ( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you ( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Y an. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese ( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Y ang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. W e 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have ( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Y anhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk ( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Y es, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Y es.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Y es, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my ( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am ( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine ( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New Y ork. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America ( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American ( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher.8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American ( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a ne w student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King ( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister ( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excu se me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near ( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn ( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for ( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl ( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Y oung Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Clas s One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Y oung 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. W e go 3 school five days a week. W e stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree. A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the 6 desk, there is a football, 7 you can’t see it. The boy in the hat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is 8 American. He looks 9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( )1.A. in B. on C. at D. to( )2.A. map B. picture C. room D. door( )3.A. or B. but C. there D. and( )4.A. behind B. in C. at D. of( )5.A. yours B. my C. me D. mine( )6.A. teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( )7.A. so B. or C. and D. but( )8.A. a B. an C. the D. that( )9.A. after B. at C. the same D. like( )10.A. students B. boys C. twins D. girls。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
Unit 1Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D.or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. inD. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are ( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be ( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. You ( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5twins. They 6 the same. Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 . ( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We ( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their ( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who ( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That ( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are2 .Lucy King is3 English girl . We’re in the same4 . She is eleven.5 are twelve. We’re good friends and6 . Our Chinese7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. ClassD. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We ( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachersD. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother teacher. Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is 7 . He’s five. 8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home ( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are ( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at ( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher woman.7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. isD. are( )2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. isD. are( )4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. TheyD. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. areD. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. SheD. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. theirD. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 . Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. toD. on( )2.A.a B. an C. theD./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D.there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. underD. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. inD. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a ( )9.A.at B. after C. likeD. the same( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twinsD. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schoolsD. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classesD. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. roomsD. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. TheyD. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. afterD. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. studentD. studentsPassage 4I picture . It’s a picture school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The schoolis a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. ofD. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. underD. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. toD. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. AreD. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. orD. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am notD. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My Englishteacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I pen, a ruler and two my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. doD. not( )2.A. are B. am C. isD.×( )3.A. a B. an C. thisD. very( )4.A. am B. think C. knowD. have( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk( )6.A. too B. or C. muchD. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C.Liu ’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. underD. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. forD. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothersD. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. TheD. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. areD. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. inD. on( )9.A. of B. too C. hereD. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’sD. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . Agirl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister .8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same10 .But they 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. areD. be( )2. A. at B. of C. inD. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sisterD. brother ( )4. A. boy B. girl C. manD. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D.her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. atD. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. classD. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. areD. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. AmericanD. China( )2.A. am B. are C. haveD. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. ItD. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father.10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D./( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look likeD. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. AtD. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. familyD. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C. It’sD. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. FineD. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. ThanksD. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and( )5.A. too B. to C. twoD. now( )6.A. He B. he C. ThisD. this( )7.A. too B. × C. toD. two( )8.A. too B. to C. twoD. please( )9.A. too B. to C. comeD. you( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. likeD. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’sD. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. ID. We( )4.A. / B. on C. inD. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One ,Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’sD. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. studentD. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. yourD. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. oldD. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. HeD. She( )3.A. are B. am C. isD. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. NiceD. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. inD. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. goodD. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. underD. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning( )4.A. on B. in C. atD. about( )5.A. are B. have C. lookD. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. weD. us( )7.A. a map of China B. map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in theD. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. EnglishD. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colo ur are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. overD. under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boysD. boy( )3.A. is B. are C. doD. does( )4.A. think B. know C. lookD. have( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some playbasketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. schoolD. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. wantD. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. ThemD. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planesD. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kitesD. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’tD. can( )10.A. is B. are C. haveD. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. noD. the( )2.A. We B. They C. HeD. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothesD. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’sD. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. atD. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his oneD. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. heD. my( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am( )3.A. × B. old C. niceD. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C. toD.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. ThreeD. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from . His name is Jack.2 thirteen. He is in No.23 School. He is in4 Four, Grade One. is an5 girl. She is6 . She and Jack are in the7 school , but they are in8 classes. Mr Hu is9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. EnglishD.( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’sD. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. MiddleD. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. JapanD. American( )6.A. come B. from C. toD. in( )7.A. different B. same C. goodD. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. theyD. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D.Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. inD. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. WeD. His( )5.A. am B. see C. thinkD. have( )6.A. are B. am C. isD. does( )7.A. an B. the C. aD. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteenD. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class oneD. Grade two( )10.A. like B. likes C. to likeD. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in . She is 4 NO.9 Middle School.6 4. Mr Hu is7 teacher.8 is a good9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D.Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’sD. He( )4.A. for B. to C. atD. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. SheD. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. rowD. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japanD. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. JapanD. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look 7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. areD. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade oneD. Grade One( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. ChineseD. American( )4.A. a B. an C. theD.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’sD. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. inD. of( )7.A. here B. there C. atD. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fineD. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. doD. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twe lve. I’m a student middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1. Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. aC. anD. /( )2.A. to B. of C. behindD. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. heD. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. LetD. It( )6.A. five B. two C. threeD. four( )7.A. be B. is C. areD. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’D. Its ( )9.A. on B. in C. toD. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. AD. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classesD. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mineD. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. toD. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade C. Grade OneD. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. goodD. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. bothD. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the sameD. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. dutyD. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. likeD. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. toD. near( )2.A. are B. is C. amD. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leaveD. turn( )4.A. put B. carry C. bringD. take( )5.A. when B. you C. timeD. for( )6.A. see B. play C. doD. have( )7.A. at B. for C. upD. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D.It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. JapaneseD. School( )3.A. in B. at C. /D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. ThatD. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’sD. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to doctor. So I phone them to 7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt 8 me a new hat. Its 9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. ThatD. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. childrenD. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friendsD. classmates( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacherD. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. schoolD. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. seeD. look( )7.A. go B. come C. lookD. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carryD. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colour C. likeD. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am likeD. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. theD.×( )2.A. On B. In C. NearD. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wearsD. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. afterD. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. toD. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D.have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. atD. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C.forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. SamD. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. PioneerD. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. onesD. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to doD. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. skyD. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flyingD. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. wellD. high( )6.A. them B. it C. thisD. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. letD. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carryD. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kitesD. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be ( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall.7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9. Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade OneD. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. lookD. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. atD. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. putsD. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. ofD. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrongD. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thankD. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window ( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind ( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C.likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 .9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. studentsD. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. ofD. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. fatherD. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothersD. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks.。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in4 .I am5 Row Five. Jim is6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I7 in the same class. He is my friend . W e8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. Y ou( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. Y ou( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. Y ouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One.8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English gir l . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. W e all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. S he’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Y our C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Y our C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . I t’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. Y ou can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school stu dent . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school ( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. Y ou can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Y our( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom ( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now ( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two ( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you ( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Y an. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese ( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Y ang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have ( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Y anhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk ( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Y es, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Y es.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Y es, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my ( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am ( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine ( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New Y ork. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America ( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American ( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher.8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at scho ol. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American ( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King ( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister ( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The stude nts 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim3 off their coats and4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s5 to go and6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look7 my coat and bag ?”“8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near ( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn ( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for ( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. T hat’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl ( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Y oung Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s clas s there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twentystudents are boys. And There are thirty-four Y oung7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. W e go 3 school five days a week. W e stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s ve ry nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We4 the same . She is in5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my siste r . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)之欧阳语创编
U nit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He andI 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C.×D.a( )2.A. at B. inC. andD. or( )3.A. I B. My C.He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C.in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C.the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C.be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. isD. be( )9.A. What B. This C. HeD. You( )10.A.He B. I C. SheD. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same.7 in Class One, Grade One. 8is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A.one B. two C. threeD. four( )2.A. my B. your C.our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. TheyD. We( )4.A.They B. My C. HisD. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C.We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C.is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’r e D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. HeD. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. SheD. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother5 a teacher.6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. anC. the( )2.A. school B. nameC. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’sC. sisters( )4.A. are B. amC. is( )5.A. am B. isC. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C.Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. inC. at( )10.A. class B. familyC. homeUnit 2 Passage 1 This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. amC. isD. are( )2.A. My B. Your C.His D. Her( )3.A. be B. amC. isD. are( )4.A. His B. Your C.My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’reC. TheyD. Their( )6.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’sC. SheD. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friendsC. friendD. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. atC. toD. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. inC. underD. behind( )6.A. of B. onC. inD. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twinsD. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in thesame room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C.the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new studentC. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C.schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classesD. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. areD. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. roomsD. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. TheyD. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. afterD. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school.3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look5 these two boys.6 they good friends7 brothers?8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C.are D. have( )2.A. to B. orC. ofD. and( )3.A. In B. To C.On D. At( )4.A. in B. onC. underD. behind( )5.A. at B. ofC. toD. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C.Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. ofC. orD. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. WhatD. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C.am not D. aren’tUnit 3Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher.I 4 a pen, a ruler and two5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. atC. doD. not( )2.A. are B. amC. isD.×( )3.A. a B. anC. thisD. very( )4.A. am B. thinkC. knowD. have( )5.A. boxes B. pencilsC. busesD. desk( )6.A. too B. orC. muchD. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C.at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. bookC. pictureD. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom.6 flowers and a nice big bed7 in their room. Some windows are8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall,9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. anC. oneD. some( )2.A. in B. onC. underD. behind( )3.A. to B. inC. forD. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. WhatD. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. isC. areD. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C.in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C.their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers .A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C.are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C.in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C.she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’sC. They’reD. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C.at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C.His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C.the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C.class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C.are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C.the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C.our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C.our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily.5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two.6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C.our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C.It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy.I 3 twelve. I 4 English. I’m in 5 . I’min Class Seven, Grade One. My 6 name is Miss Gao.She is a good teacher. 7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C.Me D. His( )2.A. a B. anC. theD. /( )3.A. is B. am C.are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C.look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B.No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD.No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. inC. AtD. In( )8.A. He B. HisC. HerD. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C.It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you?Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 .Lin Tao: Look! My teacher,Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen.Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoonC. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. FineD. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C.Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C.Are D. and( )5.A. too B. toC. twoD. now( )6.A. He B. heC. ThisD. this( )7.A. too B. ×C. toD. two( )8.A. too B. toC. twoD. please( )9.A. too B. toC. comeD. you( )10.A. Thank you B. ThankC. likeD. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She isin 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. EnglishC. AmericanD. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. ID. We( )4.A. / B. onC. inD. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. ClassOne , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. anC. theD. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. oldD. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. seeD. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C.is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. MeetD. See( )6.A.× B. atC. inD. In( )7.A.× B. also C.too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C.my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning( )4.A. on B. inC. atD. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C.we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C.in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C.English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. HersD. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s co at?I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. inC. overD. under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’C. boysD. boy( )3.A. is B. areC. doD. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have( )5.A. I B. MeC. MyD. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. anC. theD.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods studentC. goods studentsD. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. ThemD. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C.of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C.Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. inC. atD. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. meC. heD. my( )2.A. Is B. ×C. AreD. Am( )3.A. × B. oldC. niceD. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C.to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are inthe 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. ClassD. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. JapanD. American( )6.A. come B. from C. toD. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C.different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C.him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang.4 are good teachers. I like them. I5 a good friend. His name6 Jack. He is7 American boy. He is8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C.My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C.in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao MissD. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. WeD. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C.is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. aD. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C.thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky.3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is4 NO.9 Middle School.5 in6 4. Mr Hu is7 teacher.8 is a good9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C.the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C.He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. toC. atD. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. rowD. Class( )7.A. She B. He C.her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C.Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japanD. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American( )4.A. a B. an C.the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. atC. inD. of( )7.A. here B. there C.at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C.bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C.fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C.do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 .They look after 12 at school. We are good friends.( )1.A. the B. aC. anD. /( )2.A. to B. ofC. behindD. under( )3.A. same B. different C.one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C.he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’sC. LetD. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. isC. areD. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. inC. toD. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. AD. And( )11.A.team B. grade C.classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong X ing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are6 .We are7 in8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy.( )1.A. a B. on C. theD. ×( )2.A.in B. on C.to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade OneD. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sistersC. twins sistersD. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in dutyC. dutyD. to duty( )10.A. to B. inC. likeD. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 42 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. inC. toD. near( )2.A. are B. isC. amD. be( )3.A. put B. takeC. leaveD. turn( )4.A. put B. carryC. bringD. take( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for( )6.A. see B. playC. doD. have( )7.A. at B. forC. upD. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in RowOne. 5 Li Lan.6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. ID. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. /D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. ThatD. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’sD. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. manD. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. RowD. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. ThatD. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C.see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carryD. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colour C. likeD. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family.2 the picture we can3 Mr Green, Mrs Green,4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat.6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. theD.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. seeD. want( )4.A. the B. a C. hisD. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. ItsD. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. afterD. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. areD. has( )9.A. is B. of C.to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C.are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sa m’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. amD. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C.at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. twoD. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-fiveD. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C.Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. onesD. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C.too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C.and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C.has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C.sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C.too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. wellD. high( )6.A. them B. it C.this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. letD. ask( )8.A. and B. take C.carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. ForD. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. theD. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the otherD. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. theD. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. theD. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. theD. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speakD. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. areD. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watchingD. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. toD. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s ve ry nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C.twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. inD. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a littleD. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chairD. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. onD. in( )6.A. in B. on C.of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. TheirD. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. herD. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to haveD. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. lookD. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. ×D. that( )6.A. in B. on C.at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. putsD. putting( )8.A. on B. at C.of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrongD. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thankD. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and somebooks 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a c hair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very niceC. very a nice( )2.A. on B. toC. in( )3.A. on B. ofC. at( )4.A. in B. nearC. of( )5.A. in B. onC. under( )6.A. desk B. clockC. window( )7.A. are B. isC. am( )8.A. in B. onC. behind( )9.A. in B. ofC. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. Heis a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C.students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C.。
六年级英语完形填空15篇(含答案和讲解)之欧阳治创编
Passage 1Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. allC. tooD. two( )3.A. at B. inC. ofD. to( )4.A. Mr B. MrsC. MissD. Teacher( )5.A. a B. anC. theirD. they( )6.A. worker B. teacherC. fatherD. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C.They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girlC. America D. American teachersPassage 21 Miss Gao’s class there are2 students. There are twenty-four boys, and twenty-two girls.3 of the boys is4 . His name is Jim. All5 boys are Chinese . All of the Chinese students are Young Pioneers.In the class there are two6 girls. They are7 .8 names are Lily and Lucy. The other girls are Chinese.We are 9 friends. There’s10 difference, American-English-Chinese.( )1.A. In B. AtC. OnD. About( )2.A. forty six B. forty and sixC. fourteen sixD. forty-six( )3.A. A B. An C. OneD. Ones( )4.A. England B. EnglishC. EnglishesD. Englandman( )5.A. other B. others C. the other D. the others( )6.A. America B. american C. Americas D. American( )7.A. twins B. twin C.twines D. twinies( )8.A. They B. Their C. Them D. theirs( )9.A. All B. allC. allsD. Alls( )10.A. not B. NotC. noD. NoPassage 3In our classroom you can see there is a 1 of a park on the back(后面的)wall. You can also see many children 2 the park. There is a river in it. Near the river there are not 3 , but there are many trees. Many 4 are singing in them. Near the trees there are some old men. They are sitting at a table. They are 5 tea and talking. There are two girls over there. They 6 new blouses. They are talking near the river. We can also see two boats in the picture. One is 7 but in 8 boat there are many children.Are there any young men in the 9 ? Let me see, there are some. They are swimming now. What are the boys doing? They are 10 there.( )1.A. map B. children’s clothes C. lake D. picture ( )2.A. of B. onC. inD. under( )3.A. some flower B. flowerC. any flowersD. some flowers( )4.A. cats B. applesC. dogsD. birds( )5.A. drink B. eat C. eating D. drinking( )6.A. put on B. wearing onC. are wearingD. are putting on( )7.A. full B. emptyC. bigD. small( )8.A. the other B. othersC. anotherD. other( )9.A. river B. basketC. bagD. box( )10.A. playing football B. playing the footballC. play footballD. play the footballPassage 4A: Hi, Kate . It’s time for 1B: Really? What 2 is it?A: It’s 3 seven o’clock.B: Oh! I must 4 up. I’m late 5 school.A: Don’t 6 , Let me 7 you.B: Give 8 my shoes, please.A: 9 you are.Thank you. I 10 go now. Bye-bye.A: Bye-bye.( )1.A. school B. go to schoolC. go schoolD. to school( )2.A. colour B. timeC. ageD. light( )3.A. at B. onC. inD. about( )4.A. to get B. get C. gets D. got( )5.A. for B. ofC. atD. to( )6.A. worried B. surpriseC. worryD. know( )7.A. give B. bringC. helpD. take( )8.A. me B. IC. myD. mine( )9.A. There B. HereC. GiveD. Take( )10.A. can B. mayC. mustD. can’tPassage 5It is evening, 1 old cock(公鸡) is2 in a tall tree. A fox comes to the tree and looks at the cock.“Hello, Mr Cock, I have so me good news for you. ” says the fox.“Oh? ” says the cock. “What is it?”“All the animals 3 good friends now. Let’s 4 friends, too. Please come down and play 5 me.”“Fine!” says the cock. “I’m very glad to hear that. ” Then he looks up. “Look! The re is something over there.”“ 6 are you looking at?” asks the fox.“Oh, I see some animals over there. 7 coming this way.”“Animals? ”“Yes. Oh, they’re dogs.”“What? Dogs !” asks the fox. “Well . . . well, I 8 now. Goodbye.”“Wait, Mr Fox,” says the cock. “ 9 go. They are only dogs. And dogs are our friends now.”“Yes. But they 10 that yet.”“I see, I see,” says the cock. He smiles and goes to sleep in the tree.( )1.A. the B. anC. aD. X( )2.A. sit B. sits C. sitting D. siting( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. be( )4.A. are B. beC. isD. am( )5.A. and B. toC. forD. with( )6.A. What B. How C. Whose D. Where( )7.A. He is B. They are C. She isD. It is( )8.A. must to go B. must go C. must going D. must to going( )9.A. No. B. NotC. Don’tD. Doesn’t( )10.A. aren’t know B. doesn’t knowC. don’t know D. isn’t knowPassage 6This is Lucy and that is Lily. They are twins. They look 1 . They are 2 . They are new students in 3 class. They are 4 Grade One. Jim can 5 them. They are new 6 . They go to the shop(商店) . They would like something7 and drink. Lucy would like 8 some bread. Lily would like9 a bottle of 10 . Jim would like some apples.( )1.A. a same B. the sameC. sameD. an same( )2.A. twin B. sistersC. brothersD. American( )3.A. Jim B. of JimC. Jim’sD. of Jim’s( )4.A. on B. atC. inD. of( )5.A. look like B. look afterC. look atD. look ( )6.A. teachers B. studentC. friendsD. boys( )7.A. eat B. to eatC. eatingD. eats ( )8.A. eat B. to eatC. eatingD. eats ( )9.A. to drink B. to eatC. to giveD. drink ( )10.A. orange B. an orangeC. orangesD. some orangePassage 7My 1 is Ann. Mr Read is my father and Iam his 2 . My father is an English man 3 my mother is a Japanese. I have a 4 . His name is Tom and we study in 5 middle school, but in different grades. We 6 7 seven 8 and 9 back home after school in the afternoon. We have 10 friends. We love China.( )1.A. name B. namesC. a nameD. the name( )2.A. daughter B. sonC. sisterD. brother( )3.A. or B. andC. butD. /( )4.A. a bird B. a cat C. sister D. brother( )5.A. same B. the same C. different D. the different( )6.A. go to school B. go schoolC. go homeD. go to home( )7.A. at B. inC. ofD. on( )8.A. in the morning B. in the afternoonC. in the eveningD. on themorning( )9.A. be B. isC. goD. are( )10.A. good a B. good someC. a goodD. some goodPassage 8Dear BillHow are you? 1 very nice 2 you to write to me .Let me 3 something about my life in China. I think you 4 to know it . I live in Li Lei’s home. He is my 5 .His father and mother are both teachers. Their house isn’t big. 6 of them are very friendly 7 me. They teach me Chinese 8 I teach them English. Now I 9 with them in Chinese . But I can’t 10 very well. Chinese is very 11 to learn, I think. Mrs Li often teaches me how to 12 Chinese food. Hmm! How much I like Chinese food!My school is not far. I go 13 by bike. I 14 six classes every day. 15 I play games 16 my classmates. I have a good 17 here . 18 you want to come? Please write 19 soon. Love 20 Jim.( )1.A. That’s B. It’sC. You’reD. Here’s( )2.A. to B. for C.of D. about( )3.A. speak B. talk C. say you D. tell you( )4.A. want B. have C. like D. forget( )5.A. student B. teacherC. classmateD. boy( )6.A.Some B. All C. BothD. Any( )7.A. for B. withC. toD. at( )8.A. but B. soC. orD. and( )9.A. am speakingB. am talking C. am saying D. can talk( )10.A. say B. speakC. talkD. tell( )11.A. easy B. nice C. hard D. good( )12.A. make B. doC. cookD. study( )13.A. there B. to thereC. hereD. to here( )14.A. do B. haveC. studyD. make( )15.A. In class B. After schoolC. In the roomD. School over( )16.A. and B. with C. for D. by( )17.A. day B. book C. time D. week( )18.A. Aren’t B. Can’tC. Doesn’t youD. Don’t you( )19.A. back B. to back C. for me D. letter( )20.A. to B. withC. fromD. ofPassage 9A fox is 1 food. He is very hungry. Now he 2 near a wall. The wall is very 3 .The fox is looking up. He sees 4 fine grapes 5 the wall. He smiles and says, “ 6 nice they are! I want to eat them.nice they are! I want to at them.” The fox is jumping. He jumps and jumps, 7 the wall is too high . He 8 get the grapes. The fox says “I must go now. I don’t like those grapes.9 are green. They are not 10 to eat. ”( )1.A. seeing B. finding outC. looking forD. finding( )2.A. gets B. comesC. goesD. stands( )3.A. much B. small C.strong D. high( )4.A. a little B. few C. much D. a lot of( )5.A. in B. onC. atD. for( )6.A. What B. How C. What a D. How a( )7.A. and B. orC. butD. where( )8.A. can’t B. canC. hasn’tD. isn’t( )9.A. We B. ItC. YouD. They( )10.A. bad B. good C. hard D. betterPassage 10It’s a fine day today. Jim’s famil ies 1 having a picnic(野餐) .They put a big cloth (布)on the ground(地面). 2 it are some yellow bananas, red apples, 3 and some white eggs. The woman in the white trousers 4 Mrs Green. She is thirty-five . She is 5 English teacher in No. 12 Middle School. The man is 6 father. He is forty. His shirt is black and his trousers 7 yellow. He is a teacher, too. They have a black car, but you can’t see8 inthe picture. 9 that boy? That’s Jim. He is drinking(喝水).His shirt is green. The girl 10 him is his sister, Kate. 11 is in a red dress today. Can you see the bag? Yes, it’s behind their father. What a nice picture 12 .( )1.A. is B. are C. isn’tD. aren’t( )2.A. In B. Near C. On D. Under( )3.A.oranges orangesB.orange orangesC.orange orangeD. oranges orange( )4.A. is B. areC. inD. am( )5.A. a B. theC. anD. x( )6.A. Sam B. Sam’sC. Sams’sD. Sams’( )7.A. are B. beC. isD. have( )8.A. them B. himC. itD. her( )9.A. What’s B. Who’s C. Where’s D. How’s( )10.A. back B. behindC. ofD. to( )11.A. Her B. HersC. SheD. He( )12.A. is it B. it isC. isD. itPassage 11Li Lei is a middle school student. He is a good boy. Uncle Wu lives 1 him. Uncle Wu has 2 children and he can’t see 3 . He works in the factory near Li Lei’s school. He goes to work at 7:30 in the morning and 4 home at 4:30 in the afternoon.Li Lei goes to school at 8:00 in the morning and comes home at the 5 time as Uncle Wu in the afternoon.6 weekdays Li Lei gets up early to take Uncle Wu7 the factory. After school he takes Uncle Wu home. On Sundays Li Lei helps Uncle Wu8 the house and do some9 .Uncle Wu thanks Li Lei very much. He says, “Li Lei is a good boy. H e 10 my son. ”( )1.A. next to B. nextC. nearlyD. besides( )2.A. not B. not oneC. noD. nobody( )3.A. something B. anything C.nothing D. every( )4.A. goes B. comeC. comingD. goes to( )5.A. same B. someC. differentD. differences( )6.A. In B. OnC. AtD. Of( )7.A. away B. fromC. toD. with( )8.A. cleans B. cleaning C. cleanning D. clean( )9.A. cookers B. cookingC. cookD. cooks( )10.A. looks B. look likeC. likesD. is likePassage 12The Spring Festival(春节) is the Chinese New Year’s Day. It usually comes 1 February. Everyone in China 2 the Spring Festival very much. When the Spring Festival 3 , Li Hong usually 4 his parents clean their house and 5 some shopping and other housework. On that 6 everyone in China eats dumplings, New Year’s cakes, and other good 7 . Li Hong likes New Year’s cakes. But Wang Hai says dumplings are 8 thanNew Year’s cakes. The Chinese people9 the New Year’s cakes and d umplings in their houses . How 10 they are!( )1.A. after B. onC. inD. by( )2.A. has B. likeC. remembersD. likes( )3.A. goes B. comesC. reachesD. hears( )4.A. helps B. makesC. getsD. takes( )5.A. buys B. doesC. goesD. carries( )6.A. morning B. evening C. day D. afternoon( )7.A. food B. drinksC. vegetableD. fruit( )8.A. smaller B. betterC. biggerD. sweeter( )9.A. find out B. buyC. eatD. sell( )10.A. happy B. delicious C. lovely D. greatPassage 13Mr Hu 1 us English this term. He is nice . He 2 wearing a white shirt and black trousers. He 3 very good English . He often 4 with us. We all like him very much.Mr Hu 5 two little sons. They’re twin brothers. They are only five. They often 6 the same clothes. 7 Betty goes to Mr Hu’s home. She loves to 8 the twins and play with 9 . Mr Hu 10 his sons, Bao Bao and Bei Bei.( )1.A. tells B. teaches C. speaks D. works( )2.A. is B. likesC. wantD. does( )3.A. speaks B. saysC. tellsD. teaches( )4.A. says B. speaksC. talksD. tells( )5.A. wants B. has C. looks after D. teaches( )6.A. wear B. put onC. haveD. in( )7.A. But B. AndC. ThenD. Sometimes( )8.A. look B. thinkC. takeD. see( )9.A. twins B. onesC. theyD. them( )10.A. calls B. nameC. thinksD. thinkPassage 14What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, but others like to go2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in a factory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. On Saturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always 8 to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jack and his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’s aunt gives them a big me al.( )1.A. play B. stayC. liveD. enjoy( )2.A. to B. inC. atD. for( )3.A. day B. timeC. autumnD. weekdays( )4.A. does B. makeC. borrowsD. has( )5.A. watches B. washesC. drivingD. sells( )6.A. Monday B. SaturdayC. SundayD. Tuesday( )7.A. big B. smallC. hardD. short ( )8.A. little B. muchC. fastD. far( )9.A. clothes B. placesC. foodD. balls( )10.A. clean B. lateC. hungryD. friendlyPassage15Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He6 young. He is7 Chinese teacher, but he8 English.9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 . I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s name is Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a very good worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is 14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. me D. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is threeC. are twoD. is two( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother( )5.A. is B. has C. are D. have( )6.A. look B. isC. looksD. likes ( )7.A. the B. anC. 不填D. a( )8.A. know B. knowsC. is knowingD. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. HisC. MyD. He’s( )10.A. too B. toC. twoD. OK( )11.A.student B. workerC. teacherD. boy( )12.A. for B. andC. butD. or( )13.A. work B. livesC. studyD. teach( )14.A. near B. toC. onD. in( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikes答案与提示答案与提示：Passage 11. C 由下文 They are twelve，确定他们不可能是teachers, workers,而选项D没有加s，因此只能选C。
六年级英语完形填空15篇(含答案和讲解)之欧阳美创编
Passage 1Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 .9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. allC. tooD. two( )3.A. at B. inC. ofD. to( )4.A. Mr B. MrsC. MissD. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. hisC. heD. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girlC. America D. American teachersPassage 21 Miss Gao’s class there are2 students. There are twenty-four boys, and twenty-two girls.3 of the boys is4 . His name is Jim. All5 boys are Chinese . All of the Chinese students are Young Pioneers.In the class there are two6 girls. They are7 .8 names are Lily and Lucy. The other girls are Chinese.We are9 friends. There’s 10 difference, American-English-Chinese.( )1.A. In B. AtC. OnD. About( )2.A. forty six B. forty and six C. fourteen six D. forty-six( )3.A. A B. An C. OneD. Ones( )4.A. England B. English C. Englishes D. Englandman( )5.A. other B. others C. the other D. the others( )6.A. America B. american C. Americas D. American( )7.A. twins B. twin C. twines D. twinies( )8.A. They B. Their C. Them D. theirs( )9.A. All B. allC. allsD. Alls( )10.A. not B. NotC. noD. NoPassage 3In our classroom you can see there is a 1 of a park on the back(后面的)wall. You can also see many children 2 the park. There isa river in it. Near the river there are not 3 , but there are many trees. Many 4 are singing in them. Near the trees there are someold men. They are sitting at a table. They are 5 tea and talking. There are two girls over there. They 6 new blouses. They are talking near the river. We can also see two boats in the picture. One is 7 but in 8 boat there are many children.Are there any young men in the 9 ? Let me see, there are some. They are swimming now. What are the boys doing? They are 10 there.( )1.A. mapB. children’sclothesC. lakeD. picture ( )2.A. ofB. onC. inD. under( )3.A. some flower B. flowerC. any flowersD. some flowers ( )4.A. catsB. applesC. dogsD. birds ( )5.A. drink B. eatC. eatingD. drinking( )6.A. put onB. wearing onC. are wearingD. are putting on ( )7.A. fullB. emptyC. bigD. small( )8.A. the other B. othersC. anotherD. other( )9.A. river B. basketC. bagD. box( )10.A. playing football B. playing the footballC. play footballD. play the footballPassage 4A: Hi, Kate . It’s time for 1B: Really? What 2 is it?A: It’s 3 seven o’clock.B: Oh! I must 4 up. I’m late 5 school.A: Don’t 6 , Let me 7 you.B: Give 8 my shoes, please.A: 9 you are.Thank you. I 10 go now. Bye-bye. A: Bye-bye.( )1.A. school B. go to school C. go school D. to school ( )2.A. colour B. timeC. ageD. light( )3.A. at B. onC. inD. about ( )4.A. to get B. getC. getsD. got( )5.A. for B. ofC. atD. to( )6.A. worried B. surpriseC. worryD. know( )7.A. give B. bringC. helpD. take( )8.A. me B. IC. myD. mine( )9.A. There B. HereC. GiveD. Take( )10.A. can B. mayC. mustD. can’tPassage 5It is evening, 1 old cock(公鸡) is2 in a tall tree. A fox comes to the tree and looks at the cock.“Hello, Mr Cock, I have s ome good news for you. ” says the fox.“Oh? ” says the cock. “What is it?”“All the animals 3 good friends now. Let’s 4 friends, too. Please come down and play 5 me.”“Fine!” says the cock. “I’m very glad to hear that. ” Then he looks up. “Look! Th ere is something over there.”“ 6 are you looking at?” asks the fox.“Oh, I see some animals over there. 7 coming this way.”“Animals? ”“Yes. Oh, they’re dogs.”“What? Dogs !” asks the fox. “Well . . . well, I 8 now. Goodbye.”“Wait, Mr Fox,” says the cock. “ 9 go.They are only dogs. And dogs are our friends now.”“Yes. But they 10 that yet.”“I see, I see,” says the cock. He smiles and goes to sleep in the tree.( )1.A. the B. anC. aD. X( )2.A. sit B. sitsC. sittingD. siting( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. be( )4.A. are B. beC. isD. am( )5.A. and B. toC. forD. with( )6.A. What B. How C. Whose D. Where( )7.A. He is B. They are C. She is D. It is( )8.A. must to go B. must go C. must going D. must to going( )9.A. No. B. NotC. Don’tD. Doesn’t( )10.A. aren’t know B. doesn’t knowC. don’t know D. isn’t knowPassage 6This is Lucy and that is Lily. They are twins. They look 1 . They are 2 . They are new students in 3 class. They are 4 Grade One. Jim can 5 them. They are new6 . They go to the shop(商店) . They would like something7 and drink. Lucy would like8 some bread. Lily would like9 a bottle of 10 . Jim would like some apples.( )1.A. a same B. the sameC. sameD. an same( )2.A. twin B. sistersC. brothersD. American( )3.A. Jim B. of JimC. Jim’sD. of Jim’s( )4.A. on B. atC. inD. of( )5.A. look like B. look afterC. look atD. look( )6.A. teachers B. studentC. friendsD. boys( )7.A. eat B. to eatC. eatingD. eats( )8.A. eat B. to eatC. eatingD. eats( )9.A. to drink B. to eatC. to giveD. drink( )10.A. orange B. an orangeC. orangesD. some orangePassage 7My 1 is Ann. Mr Read is my father and I am his 2 . My father is an English man 3 my mother is a Japanese. I have a 4 . His name is Tom and we study in 5 middle school, but in different grades. We 6 7seven 8 and 9 back home after school in the afternoon. We have 10 friends. We love China.( )1.A. name B. namesC. a nameD. the name( )2.A. daughter B. sonC. sisterD. brother( )3.A. or B. andC. butD. /( )4.A. a bird B. a cat C. sister D. brother( )5.A. same B. the same C. different D. the different( )6.A. go to school B. go school C. go home D. go to home( )7.A. at B. inC. ofD. on( )8.A. in the morning B. in the afternoonC. in the eveningD. on the morning( )9.A. be B. isC. goD. are( )10.A. good a B. good some C. a good D. some goodPassage 8Dear BillHow are you? 1 very nice 2 you to write to me .Let me 3 something about my life in China. I think you 4 to know it . I live in Li Lei’s home. He is my 5 .Hisfather and mother are both teachers. Their house isn’t big. 6 of them are very friendly 7 me. They teach me Chinese 8 I teach them English. Now I 9 with them in Chinese . But I can’t 10 very well. Chinese is very 11 to learn, I think. Mrs Li often teaches me how to 12 Chinese food. Hmm! How much I like Chinese food!My school is not far. I go 13 by bike. I 14 six classes every day. 15 I play games 16 my classmates. I have a good 17 here .18 you want to come? Please write 19 soon. Love 20 Jim.( )1.A. That’s B. It’s C. You’re D. Here’s( )2.A. to B. forC. ofD. about( )3.A. speak B. talk C. say you D. tell you( )4.A. want B. have C. like D. forget( )5.A. student B. teacher C. classmate D. boy( )6.A.Some B. All C. Both D. Any( )7.A. for B. withC. toD. at( )8.A. but B. soC. orD. and( )9.A. am speaking B. am talking C.am saying D. can talk( )10.A. say B. speakC. talkD. tell( )11.A. easy B. nice C. hard D. good( )12.A. make B. do C. cook D. study( )13.A. there B. to thereC. hereD. to here( )14.A. do B. haveC. studyD. make( )15.A. In class B. After school C. In the room D. School over ( )16.A. and B. with C. for D. by( )17.A. day B. book C. time D. week( )18.A. Aren’t B. Can’tC. Doesn’t youD. Don’t you( )19.A. back B. to back C. for me D. letter( )20.A. to B. withC. fromD. ofPassage 9A fox is 1 food. He is very hungry. Now he 2 near a wall. The wall is very 3 .The fox is looking up. He sees 4 fine grapes 5 the wall. He smiles and says, “ 6 nice they are! I want to eat them.nic e they are! I want to at them.” The fox isjumping. He jumps and jumps, 7 the wall is too high . He 8 get the grapes. The fox says “I must go now. I don’t like those grapes. 9 are green. They are not 10 to eat. ”( )1.A. seeing B. finding out C. looking for D. finding( )2.A. gets B. comesC. goesD. stands( )3.A. much B. small C. strong D. high( )4.A. a little B. fewC. muchD. a lot of( )5.A. in B. onC. atD. for( )6.A. What B. How C. What a D. How a( )7.A. and B. orC. butD. where( )8.A. can’t B. can C. hasn’t D. isn’t( )9.A. We B. ItC. YouD. They( )10.A. bad B. good C. hard D. betterPassage 10It’s a fine day today. Jim’s families 1 having a picnic(野餐) .They put a big cloth (布)on the ground(地面). 2 it are some yellow bananas, red apples, 3 and somewhite eggs. The woman in the white trousers 4 Mrs Green. She is thirty-five . She is 5 English teacher in No. 12 Middle School. The man is 6 father. He is forty. His shirt is black and his trousers 7 yellow. He is a teacher, too. They have a black car, but you can’t see8 in the picture. 9 that boy? That’s Jim. He is drinking(喝水).His shirt is green. The girl 10 him is his sister, Kate.11 is in a red dress today. Can you see the bag? Yes, it’s behind their father. What a nice picture 12 .( )1.A. is B. are C. isn’t D. aren’t( )2.A. In B. Near C. On D. Under( )3.A.oranges orangesB.orange orangesC.orange orangeD. oranges orange( )4.A. is B. areC. inD. am( )5.A. a B. theC. anD. x( )6.A. Sam B. Sam’sC. Sams’sD. Sams’( )7.A. are B. beC. isD. have( )8.A. them B. himC. itD. her( )9.A. What’s B. Who’sC. Where’sD. How’s( )10.A. back B. behindC. ofD. to( )11.A. HerB. HersC. SheD. He ( )12.A. is itB. it isC. isD. itPassage 11Li Lei is a middle school student. He is a good boy. Uncle Wu lives 1 him. Uncle Wu has 2 children and he can’t see 3 . He works in the factory near Li Lei’s school. He goes to work at 7:30 in the morning and 4 home at 4:30 in the afternoon.Li Lei goes to school at 8:00 in the morning and comes homeat the 5 time as Uncle Wu in the afternoon. 6 weekdays Li Lei gets up early to take Uncle Wu 7 the factory. After school hetakes Uncle Wu home. On Sundays Li Lei helps Uncle Wu 8 the house and do some 9 .Uncle Wu thanks Li Lei very much. He says, “Li Lei is a good boy. He 10 my son. ”( )1.A. next to B . nextC.nearlyD. besides( )2.A. notB. not oneC. noD. nobody( )3.A. something B. anythingC. nothingD. every( )4.A. goesB. comeC. comingD. goes to( )5.A. sameB. someC. differentD. differences( )6.A. In B. OnC. AtD. Of( )7.A. away B. fromC. toD. with( )8.A. cleans B. cleaningC. cleanningD. clean( )9.A. cookers B. cooking C. cook D. cooks( )10.A. looks B. look likeC. likesD. is likePassage 12The Spring Festival(春节) is the Chinese New Year’s Day. It usually comes 1 February. Everyone in China 2 the Spring Festival very much. When the Spring Festival 3 , Li Hong usually 4 his parents clean their house and 5 some shopping and other housework. On that 6 everyone in China eats dumplings, New Year’s cakes, and other good 7 . Li Hong likes New Year’s cakes. But Wang Hai says dumplings are 8 than New Year’s cakes. The Chinese people 9 the New Year’s cakes and dumplings in their houses . How 10 they are!( )1.A. after B. onC. inD. by( )2.A. has B. likeC. remembersD. likes( )3.A. goes B. comesC. reachesD. hears( )4.A. helps B. makesC. getsD. takes( )5.A. buys B. doesC. goesD. carries( )6.A. morning B. evening C. day D. afternoon( )7.A. food B. drinksC. vegetableD. fruit( )8.A. smaller B. betterC. biggerD. sweeter( )9.A. find out B. buyC. eatD. sell( )10.A. happy B. delicious C. lovely D. greatPassage 13Mr Hu 1 us English this term. He is nice . He 2 wearing a white shirt and black trousers. He 3 very good English . He often 4 with us. We all like him very much.Mr Hu 5 two little sons. They’re twin brothers. They are only five. They often 6 the same clothes. 7 Betty goes to Mr Hu’s home. She loves to 8 the twins and play with 9 . Mr Hu 10 his sons, Bao Bao and Bei Bei.( )1.A. tells B. teaches C. speaks D. works( )2.A. is B. likesC. wantD. does( )3.A. speaks B. saysC. tellsD. teaches ( )4.A. says B. speaks C. talks D. tells( )5.A. wants B. hasC. looks afterD. teaches ( )6.A. wear B. put onC. haveD. in( )7.A. But B. And C. Then D. Sometimes( )8.A. look B. think C. take D. see ( )9.A. twins B. onesC. theyD. them ( )10.A. calls B. nameC. thinksD. thinkPassage 14What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, but others like to go2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in a factory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. On Saturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always 8 to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jack and his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’s aunt gives them a bigmeal.( )1.A. play B. stayC. liveD. enjoy( )2.A. to B. inC. atD. for( )3.A. day B. timeC. autumnD. weekdays( )4.A. does B. makeC. borrowsD. has( )5.A. watches B. washesC. drivingD. sells( )6.A. Monday B. SaturdayC. SundayD. Tuesday( )7.A. big B. smallC. hardD. short( )8.A. little B. muchC. fastD. far( )9.A. clothes B. placesC. foodD. balls( )10.A. clean B. late C. hungry D. friendlyPassage15Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He6 young. He is7 Chinese teacher, but he8 English.9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 . I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s nameis Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a very good worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is 14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. meD. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is threeC. are twoD. is two( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother ( )5.A. is B. has C. are D. have( )6.A. look B. isC. looksD. likes ( )7.A. the B. an C. 不填 D. a( )8.A. know B. knowsC. is knowingD. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. HisC. MyD. He’s( )10.A. too B. to C. two D. OK( )11.A.student B. worker C. teacher D. boy( )12.A. for B. andC. butD. or( )13.A. work B. livesC. studyD. teach( )14.A. near B. toC. onD. in( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikes答案与提示答案与提示：Passage 11. C 由下文 They are twelve，确定他们不可能是teachers, workers,而选项D没有加s，因此只能选C。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解)TestPassage 1Passage 2Mike and Lucy 1 brother and sister. They live 2 a big house. The house stands at the foot 3 a hill. Near the hill is a big lake.There 4 four people in their family. Mike, Lucy, their father and mother. Their father is a farmer.5 mother is6 home. Mike goes to school,7 little Lucy does not. She is only five.Mike likes sports. He swims and skates 8 . But he likes football best. After school he often plays football 9 his friends.Lucy likes 10 , but he doesn’t like sports.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. at B. in C. on D. to( )3.A. for B. on C. at D. of( )4.A. have B. has C. is D. are( )5.A. His B. his C. their D. Their( )6.A. by B. at C. on D. in( )7.A. so B. but C. or D. and( )8.A. fine B. good C. nice D. well( )9.A. to B. of C. with D. at( )10.A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. singsPassage 3What do you do at the weekend ? Some people like to 1 at home, but others like to go 2 a walk or play football. My friends Jack works hard in a factory during the 3 . At the weekend, he always 4 the same thing. On Saturday he 5 his car and on 6 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 7 one, but there’s always 8 to do on a farm. The children help with the animals and give them their 9 . Jack and his wife help in the fields . At the end of the day, they are all 10 and Jack’s aunt gives them a big meal.( )1.A. play B. stay C. live D. enjoy( )2.A. to B. in C. at D. for( )3.A. day B. time C. autumn D. weekdays( )4.A. does B. make C. borrows D. has( )5.A. watches B. washes C. driving D. sells( )6.A. Monday B. Saturday C. Sunday D. Tuesday( )7.A. big B. small C. hard D. short( )8.A. little B. much C. fast D. far( )9.A. clothes B. places C. food D. balls( )10.A. clean B. late C. hungry D. friendlyPassage 4Mr Smith 1 from London. Now he is in China. He is 2 .He teaches 3 a middle school. He works very hard. His students like 4 very much. He can 5 a little Chinese . His students often teaches him Chinese 6 Sundays. Mr Smith likes playing football . He often plays football 7 his students.Mr Smith 8 a son. His name is Jack. He is student. He studies in a middle school. He goes to school 9 bike everyday. He gets back home at four in the afternoon. He likes 10 TV in the evening.( )1.A. come B. comes C. are D. coming ( )2.A. a teacher B. a worker C. a driver D. a farmer( )3.A. on B. in C. at D. from( )4.A. he B. him C. she D. her( )5.A. say B. speak C. talk D. tell( )6.A. at B. on C. ofD. in( )7.A. for B. to C. with D.at( )8.A. has B. have C. there is D. there are ( )9.A. on B. by C. in D.of( )10.A. seeing B. looking C. watching D. looking atPassage 5Do you want to know my family? Let 1 tell you. My 2 is in Huangshan. There 3 people in my family, 4 . My father’s name 5 Wang Dong. He is forty-five years old . He 6 young. He is 7 Chinese teacher, but he 8 English. 9 students think he is a good teacher. He loves me and I love him, 10 . I think he is a good 11 . My mother’s name is Li Ying. She is a worker. She is a very good worker 12 mother. My name is Wang Feng. I’m thirteen. I’m a boy. I 13 in a middle school. The school is 14 my home. Sometimes I go to school 15 . I study hard.( )1.A. I B. we C. me D. us( )2.A. house B. home C. study D. work( )3.A. are three B. is three C. are two D. is two( )4.A. my father, I and my mother B. my father, my mother and IC. my mother, my father and meD. I, my father and my mother( )5.A. is B. has C. are D. have( )6.A. look B. is C. looks D. likes( )7.A. the B. an C. 不填 D. a ( )8.A. know B. knows C. is knowing D. knowing ( )9.A. Their B. His C. My D. He’s( )10.A. too B. to C. two D. OK( )11.A. student B. worker C. teacher D. boy( )12.A. for B. and C. but D. or( )13.A. work B. lives C. study D. teach ( )14.A. near B. to C. on D. in( )15.A. play B. by bike C. on bike D. bikesTest答案与提示：Passage 11. B 句型teach sb sth意为“教某人……”2. A 此空填is补全现在进行时结构：主语+be+动词ing的形式。
(完整word)六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案和讲解),推荐文档
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in4 .I am5 Row Five. Jim is6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I7 in the same class. He is my friend . W e8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. Y ou( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. Y ou( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. Y ouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One.8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English gir l . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. W e all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. S he’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Y our C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Y our C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . I t’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. Y ou can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school stu dent . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school ( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. Y ou can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s ( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Y our( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom ( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now ( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you ( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Y an. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese ( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Y ang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. W e 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have ( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Y anhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk ( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Y es, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Y es.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Y es, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my ( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am ( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine ( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New Y ork. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America ( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American ( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher.8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American ( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a ne w student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King ( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister ( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excu se me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near ( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn ( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for ( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl ( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Y oung Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Clas s One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Y oung 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. W e go 3 school five days a week. W e stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree. A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the 6 desk, there is a football, 7 you can’t see it. The boy in the hat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is 8 American. He looks 9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( )1.A. in B. on C. at D. to( )2.A. map B. picture C. room D. door( )3.A. or B. but C. there D. and( )4.A. behind B. in C. at D. of( )5.A. yours B. my C. me D. mine( )6.A. teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( )7.A. so B. or C. and D. but( )8.A. a B. an C. the D. that( )9.A. after B. at C. the same D. like( )10.A. students B. boys C. twins D. girls。
六年级英语完形填空100篇(含答案及讲解)
Unit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in4 .I am5 Row Five. Jim is6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I7 in the same class. He is my friend . W e8 good friends.9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. Y ou( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. Y ou( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. Y ouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One.8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English gir l . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. W e all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. S he’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Y our C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Y our C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same ( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers ( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . I t’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. Y ou can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3 Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school stu dent . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk ( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school ( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map ( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. Y ou can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s ( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Y our( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. HerUnit 4 Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom ( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 . Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and ( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now ( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please ( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you ( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Y an. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese ( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Y ang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OKUnit 5 Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. W e 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning ( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under ( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy ( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have ( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Y anhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk ( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Y es, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Y es.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Y es, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my ( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am ( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine ( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New Y ork. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America ( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American ( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class 4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher.8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister. 5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One ( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American ( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends. ( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a ne w student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are 7 in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy. ( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one ( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King ( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister ( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excu se me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near ( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn ( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for ( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl ( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿) ( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Y oung Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Clas s One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Y oung 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. W e go 3 school five days a week. W e stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be( )4.A.They B. Their C. There( )5.A. are B. am C. is( )6.A. grade B. team C. class( )7.A. classroom B. school C. home( )8.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening( )9.A. school B. home C. factory( )10.A. evening B. morning C. afternoonPassage 4Li Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree. A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the 6 desk, there is a football, 7 you can’t see it. The boy in the hat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is 8 American. He looks 9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( )1.A. in B. on C. at D. to( )2.A. map B. picture C. room D. door( )3.A. or B. but C. there D. and( )4.A. behind B. in C. at D. of( )5.A. yours B. my C. me D. mine( )6.A. teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( )7.A. so B. or C. and D. but( )8.A. a B. an C. the D. that( )9.A. after B. at C. the same D. like( )10.A. students B. boys C. twins D. girls。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
U nit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher. ( )1.A. anB. theC. ×D.a( )2.A. at B. inC. andD. or ( )3.A. IB. MyC.HeD. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. classone , grade one ( )5.A. atB. orC. inD. and ( )6.A. anB. aC. theD. × ( )7.A. isB. amC. beD. are( )8.A. areB. amC.is D. be( )9.A. What B. ThisC. HeD. You( )10.A.He B. IC. SheD. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same.7 in Class One, Grade One. 8is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A.one B. twoC. threeD. four( )2.A. my B. yourC. ourD. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. lookC. isD. are( )7.A. We B. ItsC. They’r eD. These( )8.A. She B. ThatC. HeD. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. atC. thereD. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classesC. ClassD. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates ( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. loveC. putD. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students. My mother5 a teacher.6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is 7 .He’s five. 8 father isn’t here. He’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. anC. the( )2.A. school B. nameC. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’sC. sisters( )4.A. are B. amC. is( )5.A. am B. isC. are( )6.A. Her B. HersC. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. LilyC. Jim( )8.A. Our B. WeC. Ours( )9.A. on B. inC. at( )10.A. class B. familyC. homeUnit 2 Passage 1 This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen.8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. amC. isD. are( )2.A. My B. YourC. HisD. Her( )3.A. be B. amC. isD. are( )4.A. His B. YourC. MyD. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’reC. TheyD. Their( )6.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )7.A. His B. HerC. She’sD. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’sC. SheD. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’reC. theirD. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( )1.A. in B. atC. toD. on( )2.A.a B. anC. theD./( )3.A.or B. butC. andD. there( )4.A. In B. OfC. AtD. On( )5.A.at B. inC. underD. behind( )6.A. of B. onC. inD. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher ( )8.A. / B. theC. anD. a( )9.A.at B. afterC. likeD. the same( )10.A. boys B. girlsC. twinsD. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 .8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new studentC. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’tC. areD. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. HisC. TheyD. Their( )9.A. at B. likeC. afterD. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. amC. areD. have( )2.A. to B. orC. ofD. and( )3.A. In B. ToC. OnD. At( )4.A. in B. onC. underD. behind( )5.A. at B. ofC. toD. like( )6.A. Am B. IsC. AreD. Be( )7.A. but B. ofC. orD. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’tC. am notD. aren’tUnit 3Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five, Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. atC. doD. not( )2.A. are B. amC. isD.×( )3.A. a B. anC. thisD. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have ( )5.A. boxes B. pencilsC. busesD. desk( )6.A. too B. orC. muchD. very( )7.A. have B. amC. areD. all( )8.A. right B. whereC. at homeD. at school( )9.A. licence B. bookC. pictureD. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu PingsC. Liu Ping’sD. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk. A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. anC. oneD. some( )2.A. in B. onC. underD. behind ( )3.A. to B. inC. forD. under( )4.A. Who B. HowC. WhatD. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. someC. TheD. Some( )7.A. am B. isC. areD. isn’t ( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. tooC. hereD. there( )10.A. them B. theirC. their’sD. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s 3 . A 4 is behind Jim. She’s 5 mother . 6 teachers . A girl is 7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s s ister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same 10 .But they11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. isC. areD. be ( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. motherC. sisterD. brother ( )4. A. boy B. girlC. manD. woman ( )5. A. he B. hisC. sheD. her ( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. HerC. HisD. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. gradeC. classD. team( )11.A. is B. isn’tC. areD. aren’t( )12.A. a B. anC. theD. some( )13.A. his B. herC. ourD. their( )14.A. his B. herC. ourD. their( )15.A. English B. EnglishesC. ChineseD. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. areC. haveD. all( )3.A. we B. usC. ourD. they( )4.A. Her B. HeC. SheD. His( )5.A. She B. HerC. ItD. I( )6.A. His B. MeC. WhoD. HerUnit 4Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend.8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girlis my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. anC. theD. /( )3.A. is B. amC. areD. /( )4.A. like B. likesC. look likeD. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle schoolB. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. inC. AtD. In( )8.A. He B. HisC. HerD. she( )9.A. home B. schoolC. familyD. bedroom( )10.A. he B. HeC. It’sD. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you?Lin Tao: 2 , 3 .4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 .Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen.Mr Chen:Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoonC. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fineC. FineD. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thankC. ThanksD. thanks( )4.A. How B. AndC. AreD. and( )5.A. too B. toC. twoD. now( )6.A. He B. heC. ThisD. this( )7.A. too B. ×C. toD. two( )8.A. too B. toC. twoD.please( )9.A. too B. toC. comeD. you( )10.A. Thank you B. ThankC. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan.3 is twelve. She’s4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in5 .Bill is6 American boy.7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. EnglishC. AmericanD. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’sC. He’sD. Her( )3.A. She B. HeC. ID. We( )4.A. / B. onC. inD. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class OneB. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. anC. theD. /( )7.A. His B. HerC. He’sD. She’s( )8.A. and B. tooC. studentD. teacher( )9.A. they B. theirC. yourD. my( )10.A. very good B. veryC. oldD. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again. B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He isnew.C: 4 to 5 you. A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meatC. seeD. ×( )2.A. That B. ThisC. HeD. She( )3.A. are B. amC. isD. ×( )4.A. glad B. GladC. NiceD. nice( )5.A. meet B. seeC. MeetD. See( )6.A.× B. atC. inD. In( )7.A.× B. alsoC. tooD. to( )8.A. OK B. GoodC. goodD. OKUnit 5Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B.after C. under D. behind ( )3.A. at morning B. in the morningC. on the morningD. on morning( )4.A. on B. inC. atD. about( )5.A. are B. haveC. lookD. like( )6.A. our B. oursC. weD. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China mapC a map of Chinese .D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on aC. in theD. on the( )9.A. good B. oursC. EnglishD. an English( )10.A. She B. herC. HersD. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. inC. overD.under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’C. boysD. boy( )3.A. is B. areC. doD. does( )4.A. think B. knowC. lookD. have( )5.A. I B. MeC. MyD. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. anC. theD.( )2.A. room B. gradeC. schoolD. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. getC. wantD. put( )5.A. They B. TheirC. ThemD. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikesC. planesD. birds( )8.A. planes B. birdsC. kitesD. bikes( )9.A. likes B. areC. aren’tD. can( )10.A. is B. areC. haveD. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. aC. noD. the( )2.A. We B. TheyC. HeD. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. clothC. clothesD. shirt( )5.A. in B. onC. ofD. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’C. Jim’sD. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s ( )8.A. on B. inC. atD. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirtsC. white shirtD. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. meC. heD. my( )2.A. Is B. ×C. AreD. Am( )3.A. × B. oldC. niceD. fine ( )4.A. and B. minusC. toD.×( )5.A. One B. TwoC. ThreeD. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. JapaneseC. EnglishD. America( )2.A. She’s B. I’mC. He’sD. It’s( )3.A. middle B. ChinaC. MiddleD. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American( )6.A. come B. fromC. toD. in( )7.A. different B. sameC. goodD. middle( )8.A. same B. twoC. differentD. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. hisC. himD. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming.I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers.I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name6 Jack. He is7 American boy. He is8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. onC. inD. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li ( )4.A. Their B. TheyC. WeD. His( )5.A. am B. seeC. thinkD. have ( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. theC. aD. X ( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two ( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School.5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher. 8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. herC. HeD. Her( )3.A. She’s B. SheC. He’sD. He( )4.A. for B. toC. atD. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’sC. SheD. He( )6.A. grade B. classC. rowD. Class( )7.A. She B. HeC. herD. Her( )8.A. She B. HeC. HerD. His( )9.A. China B. JapaneseC. japanD. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. JapaneseC. JapanD. ChinaUnit 7Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is3 .But I’m4 American girl. I have a sister.5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look 7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school.I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. isC. areD. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade OneC. grade oneD. Grade One( )3.A. English B. JapaneseC. ChineseD. American( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. SheC. Her’sD. She’s( )6.A. on B. atC. inD. of( )7.A. here B. thereC. atD. after( )8.A. desk B. chairC. bedD. book( )9.A. OK B. all rightC. fineD. wrong( )10.A. think B. knowC. doD. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family!5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has6 sisters. They are twins. Their names7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat.8 name is Mi mi. Look! It’s9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 .They look after 12 at school. We are good friends.( )1.A. theB. aC. anD. /( )2.A. to B. ofC. behindD. under( )3.A. same B. differentC. oneD. some( )4.A. him B. herC. heD. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’sC. LetD. It( )6.A. five B. twoC. threeD. four( )7.A. be B. isC. areD. am( )8.A. It B. It’sC. Its’D. Its( )9.A. on B. inC. toD. behind( )10.A. The B. /C. AD. And( )11.A.team B. gradeC. classesD. school( )12.A. I B. myC. mineD. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong X ing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They 5 .They are 6 .We are7in 8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy.( )1.A. a B. onC. theD. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelveC. goodD. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twinsister( )7.A. all B. everyoneC. bothD. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in dutyC. dutyD. to duty( )10.A. to B. inC. likeD. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 42 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. inC. toD. near( )2.A. are B. isC. amD. be( )3.A. put B. takeC. leaveD. turn( )4.A. put B.carry C. bring D. take ( )5.A. when B. youC. timeD. for( )6.A. see B. playC. doD. have( )7.A. at B. forC. upD. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. SorryC. CertainlyD. OKUnit 8Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan.6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C.I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. atC. /D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. womanC. manD. boy( )8.A. and B. orC. tooD. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C.a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. ThisC. ThatD. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. sonC. childrenD. cat ( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates ( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. homeC. schoolD. time( )6.A. look for B. findC. seeD. look ( )7.A. go B. comeC. lookD. take ( )8.A. bring B. takeC. carryD. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colourC. likeD. face( )10.A. look B. look likeC. am likeD. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim 8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. aC. theD.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same ( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. ofC. toD. his( )10.A. is B. ofC. areD. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sa m’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. areC. amD. have( )2.A. year B. oldC. years oldD. year old( )3.A. in B. onC. atD. from( )4.A. five B. fourC. twoD. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneersC. PioneerD. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’sC. onesD. ones’( )9.A. two B. allC. tooD. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( )1.A. is B. areC. hasD. have( )2.A. the house B. my homeC. skyD. wall( )3.A. fly B. to flyC. flyingD. flies( )4.A. very B. soC. tooD. as( )5.A. good B. niceC. wellD. high( )6.A. them B. itC. thisD. fly( )7.A. helps B. helpC. letD. ask( )8.A. and B. takeC. carryD. with( )9.A. Under B. WithC. ForD. After( )10.A. kite B. itC. kitesD. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. theD. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. theD. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football ( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s ve ry nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twinsC. twins’D. twin’( )2.A. on B. nearC. inD. over( )3.A. some B. any C.a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. roomC. chairD. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. onC. ofD. under( )7.A. It B. TheyC. TheirD. Its( )8.A. his B. ourC. herD. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade OneC. Grade OneD. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C.to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looksC. lookD. look at( )5.A. an B. aC. ×D. that( )6.A. in B. onC. atD. for( )7.A. to putting B. putC. putsD. putting( )8.A. on B. atC. ofD. near( )9.A. right B. goodC. wrongD. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a c hair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. toC. in( )3.A. on B. ofC. at。